List of Events
Return to Site | View Calendar | Mobile Version

to   


Monday October 18, 2021
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Mon 9:30am Pre-School Class (3-4yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:00 PM - 3:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 3pm Jazz Combo Class (4-5yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Mon 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Jr. Hot Shots 1 (5-9 years) M 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 4:50 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Ballet 2021 - Mon 4:00pm Ballet Class (7-11yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Ballet ClassesFor Children 7 - 18 years of age.Dancers will develop self-confidence, rhythm, body control, strength, and flexibility. Students will be required to wear a leotard and shorts or tights each week to class. Students will also be required to have their hair in a bun and can wear jazz shoes, ballet shoes, dance footundeez, or bare feet.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 4pm Jazz Combo Class (5-6yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Jr. Allstars (5-9 years) M & TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Ballet 2021 - Mon 5:00pm Ballet Class (12-17yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Ballet ClassesFor Children 7 - 18 years of age.Dancers will develop self-confidence, rhythm, body control, strength, and flexibility. Students will be required to wear a leotard and shorts or tights each week to class. Students will also be required to have their hair in a bun and can wear jazz shoes, ballet shoes, dance footundeez, or bare feet.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 5pm Jazz Combo Class (7-9yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Sr. Allstars (9-14 years) M & TH 5 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Sr. Hot Shots 1 (9-14 years) M 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Sept/Nov 2021 - Power Tumbling (8-16 years) M 6:00 pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Back Handspring Clinic Mon 6 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears Mix (3-5 years) Mon 6 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Back Handspring Clinic - TEAM ADD ON ONLY
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 6pm Jazz Combo Class (10-12yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumbling Mon 6 or 6:45 pm ADD_ON ONLY
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz (7-12 years) M 6:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Intermediate Tumbling (8-16 years) Mon 6:45 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym (5-6 years) Mon 6:45 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Intermediate Power Tumbling - TEAM ADD ON ONLY
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
Tuesday October 19, 2021
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Tue 9:30am Mommy & Me Class (2-3yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Sept/Nov 2021 - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Tue 3:30
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Jr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 4pm Level 1&2 Intro
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Sept/Nov 2021 - KinderGym (5-6 years) Tue 4:00pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym 1 (5-6 years) T 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Jr
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:15 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Tues 4:15 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 4:45 Ninja Turtle Parkour 4-6yr
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Sept/Nov 2021 - GymKidz (7-12 years) Tue 5:00 pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz 1 (7-12 years) T 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Sr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 5:30pm Level 3 Back Handsrping
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Mid
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 6:30pm Level 4 Advanced
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
Wednesday October 20, 2021
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - All Meet Fee
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
3:15 PM - 4:00 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Wed 3:15pm Pre-School Class (3-4yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 4:00pm Jazz Combo Class (5-6yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 4:30 Parkour 6th grade +
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 5:00pm Jazz Combo Class (13-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 5:00pm Jazz Combo Class (7-8yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 5:30pm Parkour 9-10yr
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 6:00pm Jazz Combo Class (9-12yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 6:30 Parkour 7-8 yrs old
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 7:30 Parkour All Levels
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
Thursday October 21, 2021
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Superbears (4-5 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Superbears (4-5 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Jr. Hot Shots 2 (5-9 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Jr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 4:00pm Hip Hop Class (7-10yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Jr. Allstars (5-9 years) M & TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym 2 (5-6 years) TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Jr
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 5:00pm Hip Hop Class (10-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Sr. Allstars (9-14 years) M & TH 5 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz 2 (7-12 years) TH 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Sr. Hot Shots 2 (9-14 years) TH 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Sr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 6:00pm Advanced Hip Hop Class (10-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Mid
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
Monday October 25, 2021
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Mon 9:30am Pre-School Class (3-4yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:00 PM - 3:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 3pm Jazz Combo Class (4-5yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Mon 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Jr. Hot Shots 1 (5-9 years) M 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 4:50 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Ballet 2021 - Mon 4:00pm Ballet Class (7-11yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Ballet ClassesFor Children 7 - 18 years of age.Dancers will develop self-confidence, rhythm, body control, strength, and flexibility. Students will be required to wear a leotard and shorts or tights each week to class. Students will also be required to have their hair in a bun and can wear jazz shoes, ballet shoes, dance footundeez, or bare feet.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 4pm Jazz Combo Class (5-6yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Jr. Allstars (5-9 years) M & TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Ballet 2021 - Mon 5:00pm Ballet Class (12-17yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Ballet ClassesFor Children 7 - 18 years of age.Dancers will develop self-confidence, rhythm, body control, strength, and flexibility. Students will be required to wear a leotard and shorts or tights each week to class. Students will also be required to have their hair in a bun and can wear jazz shoes, ballet shoes, dance footundeez, or bare feet.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 5pm Jazz Combo Class (7-9yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Sr. Allstars (9-14 years) M & TH 5 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Sr. Hot Shots 1 (9-14 years) M 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Sept/Nov 2021 - Power Tumbling (8-16 years) M 6:00 pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Back Handspring Clinic Mon 6 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears Mix (3-5 years) Mon 6 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Back Handspring Clinic - TEAM ADD ON ONLY
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 6pm Jazz Combo Class (10-12yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumbling Mon 6 or 6:45 pm ADD_ON ONLY
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz (7-12 years) M 6:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Intermediate Tumbling (8-16 years) Mon 6:45 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym (5-6 years) Mon 6:45 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Intermediate Power Tumbling - TEAM ADD ON ONLY
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
Tuesday October 26, 2021
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Tue 9:30am Mommy & Me Class (2-3yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Sept/Nov 2021 - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Tue 3:30
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Jr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 4pm Level 1&2 Intro
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Sept/Nov 2021 - KinderGym (5-6 years) Tue 4:00pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym 1 (5-6 years) T 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Jr
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:15 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Tues 4:15 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 4:45 Ninja Turtle Parkour 4-6yr
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Sept/Nov 2021 - GymKidz (7-12 years) Tue 5:00 pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz 1 (7-12 years) T 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Sr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 2nd-3rd Grade Boys Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 4th-6th grade Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - Pre-K - 1st grade Wrestling
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 5:30pm Level 3 Back Handsrping
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Mid
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 6:30pm Level 4 Advanced
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
Wednesday October 27, 2021
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - All Meet Fee
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
3:15 PM - 4:00 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Wed 3:15pm Pre-School Class (3-4yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 4:00pm Jazz Combo Class (5-6yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 4:30 Parkour 6th grade +
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 5:00pm Jazz Combo Class (13-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 5:00pm Jazz Combo Class (7-8yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 2nd-3rd Grade Boys Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 4th-6th grade Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - Pre-K - 1st grade Wrestling
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 5:30pm Parkour 9-10yr
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 6:00pm Jazz Combo Class (9-12yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 6:30 Parkour 7-8 yrs old
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 7:30 Parkour All Levels
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
Thursday October 28, 2021
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Superbears (4-5 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Superbears (4-5 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Jr. Hot Shots 2 (5-9 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Jr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 4:00pm Hip Hop Class (7-10yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Jr. Allstars (5-9 years) M & TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym 2 (5-6 years) TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Jr
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 5:00pm Hip Hop Class (10-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Sr. Allstars (9-14 years) M & TH 5 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz 2 (7-12 years) TH 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Sr. Hot Shots 2 (9-14 years) TH 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Sr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 2nd-3rd Grade Boys Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 4th-6th grade Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - Pre-K - 1st grade Wrestling
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 6:00pm Advanced Hip Hop Class (10-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Mid
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
Monday November 1, 2021
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Mon 9:30am Pre-School Class (3-4yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:00 PM - 3:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 3pm Jazz Combo Class (4-5yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Mon 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Jr. Hot Shots 1 (5-9 years) M 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 4:50 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Ballet 2021 - Mon 4:00pm Ballet Class (7-11yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Ballet ClassesFor Children 7 - 18 years of age.Dancers will develop self-confidence, rhythm, body control, strength, and flexibility. Students will be required to wear a leotard and shorts or tights each week to class. Students will also be required to have their hair in a bun and can wear jazz shoes, ballet shoes, dance footundeez, or bare feet.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 4pm Jazz Combo Class (5-6yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Jr. Allstars (5-9 years) M & TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Ballet 2021 - Mon 5:00pm Ballet Class (12-17yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Ballet ClassesFor Children 7 - 18 years of age.Dancers will develop self-confidence, rhythm, body control, strength, and flexibility. Students will be required to wear a leotard and shorts or tights each week to class. Students will also be required to have their hair in a bun and can wear jazz shoes, ballet shoes, dance footundeez, or bare feet.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 5pm Jazz Combo Class (7-9yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Sr. Allstars (9-14 years) M & TH 5 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Sr. Hot Shots 1 (9-14 years) M 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Sept/Nov 2021 - Power Tumbling (8-16 years) M 6:00 pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Back Handspring Clinic Mon 6 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears Mix (3-5 years) Mon 6 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Back Handspring Clinic - TEAM ADD ON ONLY
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 6pm Jazz Combo Class (10-12yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumbling Mon 6 or 6:45 pm ADD_ON ONLY
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz (7-12 years) M 6:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Intermediate Tumbling (8-16 years) Mon 6:45 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym (5-6 years) Mon 6:45 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Intermediate Power Tumbling - TEAM ADD ON ONLY
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
Tuesday November 2, 2021
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Tue 9:30am Mommy & Me Class (2-3yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Sept/Nov 2021 - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Tue 3:30
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Jr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 4pm Level 1&2 Intro
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Sept/Nov 2021 - KinderGym (5-6 years) Tue 4:00pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym 1 (5-6 years) T 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Jr
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:15 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Tues 4:15 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 4:45 Ninja Turtle Parkour 4-6yr
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Sept/Nov 2021 - GymKidz (7-12 years) Tue 5:00 pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz 1 (7-12 years) T 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Sr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 2nd-3rd Grade Boys Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 4th-6th grade Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - Pre-K - 1st grade Wrestling
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 5:30pm Level 3 Back Handsrping
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Mid
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 6:30pm Level 4 Advanced
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
Wednesday November 3, 2021
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - All Meet Fee
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
3:15 PM - 4:00 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Wed 3:15pm Pre-School Class (3-4yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 4:00pm Jazz Combo Class (5-6yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 4:30 Parkour 6th grade +
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 5:00pm Jazz Combo Class (13-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 5:00pm Jazz Combo Class (7-8yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 2nd-3rd Grade Boys Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 4th-6th grade Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - Pre-K - 1st grade Wrestling
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 5:30pm Parkour 9-10yr
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 6:00pm Jazz Combo Class (9-12yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 6:30 Parkour 7-8 yrs old
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 7:30 Parkour All Levels
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
Thursday November 4, 2021
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Superbears (4-5 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Superbears (4-5 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Jr. Hot Shots 2 (5-9 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Jr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 4:00pm Hip Hop Class (7-10yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Jr. Allstars (5-9 years) M & TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym 2 (5-6 years) TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Jr
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 5:00pm Hip Hop Class (10-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Sr. Allstars (9-14 years) M & TH 5 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz 2 (7-12 years) TH 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Sr. Hot Shots 2 (9-14 years) TH 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Sr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 2nd-3rd Grade Boys Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 4th-6th grade Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - Pre-K - 1st grade Wrestling
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 6:00pm Advanced Hip Hop Class (10-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Mid
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
Monday November 8, 2021
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Mon 9:30am Pre-School Class (3-4yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:00 PM - 3:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 3pm Jazz Combo Class (4-5yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Mon 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Jr. Hot Shots 1 (5-9 years) M 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 4:50 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Ballet 2021 - Mon 4:00pm Ballet Class (7-11yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Ballet ClassesFor Children 7 - 18 years of age.Dancers will develop self-confidence, rhythm, body control, strength, and flexibility. Students will be required to wear a leotard and shorts or tights each week to class. Students will also be required to have their hair in a bun and can wear jazz shoes, ballet shoes, dance footundeez, or bare feet.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 4pm Jazz Combo Class (5-6yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Jr. Allstars (5-9 years) M & TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Ballet 2021 - Mon 5:00pm Ballet Class (12-17yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Ballet ClassesFor Children 7 - 18 years of age.Dancers will develop self-confidence, rhythm, body control, strength, and flexibility. Students will be required to wear a leotard and shorts or tights each week to class. Students will also be required to have their hair in a bun and can wear jazz shoes, ballet shoes, dance footundeez, or bare feet.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 5pm Jazz Combo Class (7-9yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Sr. Allstars (9-14 years) M & TH 5 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Sr. Hot Shots 1 (9-14 years) M 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Nov/Dec 2021 - Power Tumbling (8-16 years) M 6:00 pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Back Handspring Clinic Mon 6 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears Mix (3-5 years) Mon 6 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Back Handspring Clinic - TEAM ADD ON ONLY
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 6pm Jazz Combo Class (10-12yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumbling Mon 6 or 6:45 pm ADD_ON ONLY
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz (7-12 years) M 6:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Intermediate Tumbling (8-16 years) Mon 6:45 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym (5-6 years) Mon 6:45 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Intermediate Power Tumbling - TEAM ADD ON ONLY
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
Tuesday November 9, 2021
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Tue 9:30am Mommy & Me Class (2-3yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Nov/Dec 2021 - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Tue 3:30
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Jr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 4pm Level 1&2 Intro
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Nov/Dec 2021 - KinderGym (5-6 years) Tue 4:00pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym 1 (5-6 years) T 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Jr
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:15 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Tues 4:15 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 4:45 Ninja Turtle Parkour 4-6yr
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Nov/Dec 2021 - GymKidz (7-12 years) Tue 5:00 pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz 1 (7-12 years) T 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Sr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 2nd-3rd Grade Boys Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 4th-6th grade Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - Pre-K - 1st grade Wrestling
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 5:30pm Level 3 Back Handsrping
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Mid
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 6:30pm Level 4 Advanced
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
Wednesday November 10, 2021
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - All Meet Fee
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
3:15 PM - 4:00 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Wed 3:15pm Pre-School Class (3-4yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 4:00pm Jazz Combo Class (5-6yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 4:30 Parkour 6th grade +
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 5:00pm Jazz Combo Class (13-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 5:00pm Jazz Combo Class (7-8yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 2nd-3rd Grade Boys Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 4th-6th grade Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - Pre-K - 1st grade Wrestling
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 5:30pm Parkour 9-10yr
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 6:00pm Jazz Combo Class (9-12yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 6:30 Parkour 7-8 yrs old
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 7:30 Parkour All Levels
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
Thursday November 11, 2021
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Superbears (4-5 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Superbears (4-5 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Jr. Hot Shots 2 (5-9 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Jr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 4:00pm Hip Hop Class (7-10yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Jr. Allstars (5-9 years) M & TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym 2 (5-6 years) TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Jr
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 5:00pm Hip Hop Class (10-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Sr. Allstars (9-14 years) M & TH 5 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz 2 (7-12 years) TH 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Sr. Hot Shots 2 (9-14 years) TH 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Sr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 2nd-3rd Grade Boys Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 4th-6th grade Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - Pre-K - 1st grade Wrestling
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 6:00pm Advanced Hip Hop Class (10-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Mid
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
Monday November 15, 2021
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Mon 9:30am Pre-School Class (3-4yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:00 PM - 3:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 3pm Jazz Combo Class (4-5yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Mon 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Jr. Hot Shots 1 (5-9 years) M 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 4:50 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Ballet 2021 - Mon 4:00pm Ballet Class (7-11yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Ballet ClassesFor Children 7 - 18 years of age.Dancers will develop self-confidence, rhythm, body control, strength, and flexibility. Students will be required to wear a leotard and shorts or tights each week to class. Students will also be required to have their hair in a bun and can wear jazz shoes, ballet shoes, dance footundeez, or bare feet.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 4pm Jazz Combo Class (5-6yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Jr. Allstars (5-9 years) M & TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Ballet 2021 - Mon 5:00pm Ballet Class (12-17yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Ballet ClassesFor Children 7 - 18 years of age.Dancers will develop self-confidence, rhythm, body control, strength, and flexibility. Students will be required to wear a leotard and shorts or tights each week to class. Students will also be required to have their hair in a bun and can wear jazz shoes, ballet shoes, dance footundeez, or bare feet.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 5pm Jazz Combo Class (7-9yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Sr. Allstars (9-14 years) M & TH 5 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Sr. Hot Shots 1 (9-14 years) M 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Nov/Dec 2021 - Power Tumbling (8-16 years) M 6:00 pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Back Handspring Clinic Mon 6 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears Mix (3-5 years) Mon 6 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Back Handspring Clinic - TEAM ADD ON ONLY
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Mon 6pm Jazz Combo Class (10-12yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumbling Mon 6 or 6:45 pm ADD_ON ONLY
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz (7-12 years) M 6:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Intermediate Tumbling (8-16 years) Mon 6:45 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym (5-6 years) Mon 6:45 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Intermediate Power Tumbling - TEAM ADD ON ONLY
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
Tuesday November 16, 2021
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Tue 9:30am Mommy & Me Class (2-3yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Nov/Dec 2021 - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Tue 3:30
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Jr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 4pm Level 1&2 Intro
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Nov/Dec 2021 - KinderGym (5-6 years) Tue 4:00pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym 1 (5-6 years) T 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Jr
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:15 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Tumblebears (3-4 years) Tues 4:15 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 4:45 Ninja Turtle Parkour 4-6yr
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics 6-Week Nov/Dec 2021 - GymKidz (7-12 years) Tue 5:00 pm
We offer 6-week introductory classes:
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz 1 (7-12 years) T 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Sr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 2nd-3rd Grade Boys Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 4th-6th grade Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - Pre-K - 1st grade Wrestling
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 5:30pm Level 3 Back Handsrping
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Mid
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Tuesday 6:30pm Level 4 Advanced
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
Wednesday November 17, 2021
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - All Meet Fee
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
3:15 PM - 4:00 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Pre-School Class 2021 - Wed 3:15pm Pre-School Class (3-4yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Mommy and MeThis fun class is for little ones ages 2 and up. We call it Mommy and Me, but it's not limited to just Moms, we invite Dads and even Grandparents to come along and participate. This class is 30 minutes and will teach some of the fundamentals of jazz/ballet.We understand that sometimes our little friends need a support group with them. Parents can dance with their little one or just help keep them on task.Students will be taught a warm-up, beginning ballet technique, learn easy locomotor skills, a dance, and practice beginning tumbling skills.Girls typically wear leos with tutu skirts, but dress up costumes are allowed. Boys can wear sweats/joggers, t-shirts, or any clothing that does not restrict their movement. Black ballet shoes are required for performances, but students can dance barefoot.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East)Pre-School Dance 3-4 Year OldsFor children 3 & 4 years old. This dance program has been designed especially for preschoolers and is a 45 minute class.Dancers will develop beginning skills in all styles of dance, introduction to a dance classroom setting and to basic dance concepts. Objectives include: improving coordinatio n, listening skills, comprehension through locomotor and axial movement, basic ballet technique, and beginning tumbling skills.Morning Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy. (10 South 600 East) Afternoon Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 4:00pm Jazz Combo Class (5-6yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 4:30 Parkour 6th grade +
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 5:00pm Jazz Combo Class (13-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 5:00pm Jazz Combo Class (7-8yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 2nd-3rd Grade Boys Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 4th-6th grade Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - Pre-K - 1st grade Wrestling
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 5:30pm Parkour 9-10yr
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Jazz/Combo Classes 2021 - Wed 6:00pm Jazz Combo Class (9-12yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to ballet, jazz, and basic tumbling skills. Dancers develop flexibility, technique, creativity, and joy in dancing. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear dance clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are required and should be in the color black and can be a ballet, or jazz shoe.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased. **If you are looking for a more intensive program that meets twice a week please talk to April about Competition Teams.  Competition teams practice twice a week for 1.5 hours each class.  Students will compete at three competitions each Spring and also participate in both the Christmas Concert and Spring Dance Recital.  Class placement for these classes takes place the first week of September.  Classes are open to girls 6-18 years.  If you are interested in this option there will be a parent meeting on September 7 at 7:00 p.m. at the Payson City Center (439 W. !00 S.) in the banquet hall.  If you have questions please contact April Jones. Jazz Combo ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age this class offers it all!Dancers will learn beginning technique in jazz and ballet. Dancers will also develop self-confidence, rhythm, control, strength, flexibility, and much more. Basic tumbling is taught as well. Tumbling skills include: somersaults, rolls, back bends, cart wheels, head stands, etc. Tumbling skills will be taught at student's own pace.Classes will be held at Payson City Center. (439 W Utah Ave)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 6:30 Parkour 7-8 yrs old
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM    Extreme Tumbling 14 week Fall 2021 - Wed 7:30 Parkour All Levels
Extreme Tumbling and Parkour offer quality instruction for an affordable rate. Coaches are certified in USA Gymnastics and USASF Tumbling! Learn everything from flexibility and beginning tumbling to back handspring tucks. It is our mission to motivate youth with a spirit to succeed in life and sports. We strive to promote self-esteem, confidence, love of physical activity and the quest to turndreams into accomplishments.We are so excited to bring you a 14 week session. THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay installments. We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price. The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For complete class descriptions, please click on link below.For questions about class availability you may contact the office @801-465-6031.
 
Thursday November 18, 2021
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Superbears (4-5 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 4:15 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Superbears (4-5 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Jr. Hot Shots 2 (5-9 years) TH 3:30 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Jr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 4:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 4:00pm Hip Hop Class (7-10yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Jr. Allstars (5-9 years) M & TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Kindergym 2 (5-6 years) TH 4 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Jr
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Jr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 5:00pm Hip Hop Class (10-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - *Sr. Allstars (9-14 years) M & TH 5 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Gymkidz 2 (7-12 years) TH 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Allstar Gymnastics Recreation Classes 2021 Fall Session - Sr. Hot Shots 2 (9-14 years) TH 5:00 pm
GYMNASTICS CLASSES WILL BE STARTING ON August 16, 2021Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.We offer classes year-round with two 5-month sessions in the fall and winter.We also offer 6-week sessions year-round.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. Attention Parents:  (click  FAQ's and Welcome letter below for more information) Registration: If you register on-line it is best to do it BEFORE the session begins.  Full Session Tuition is based on an 18 week program and your statement will reflect 18 weeks of payment.  We do have payment options available to pay in installments.   Can I sign up after the session has started?  If you are wanting to sign up mid session you must visit the Payson Recreation office and they will be happy to assist you.   How do I transfer from a 6 week class to a Full session that has already started?  We love to help our 6 week intro students transition into a full session class.  Please call or visit the office for assistance in doing this.     How do I know what class to put my child in?  Allstar Gymnastics teaches all levels of gymnastics from beginning to advanced.  Most children begin with our recreational classes at Level 1 gymnastics and move up levels every 6 months to a year.  Each age group has a Level 1 and 2 class.  From there the child moves up to our HOTSHOTS and ALLSTAR levels.   Registration cards are sent home at the end of each session to indicate coaches recommendation for which class to register your child for in the next session.  Age Groups:Tumblebears 3-4 yearsSuperbears 4-5 yearsKindergym  5-6 yearsJr. Hot Shots 5-9 yearsGymkidz  7-12 yearsSr. Hot Shots 9-14 yearsStudent Evaluations:  If your child has had previous gymnastics experience and you would like them evaluated please email Coach Cindie at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.com and schedule a time.  Do you offer competition gymnastics? Yes! Our award winning XCEL competition teams compete at competitions from Ogden to St. George and experience all that competitive gymnastics has to offer. Gym Location(s):   Wilson Gymnastics Center  590 W. 500 So. in Payson.                                Please click on our "FAQ';s and Welcome Letter" below for more information.  For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card according to the schedule offered at check out. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).For additional payment options contact the Rec office.2021 Gym Closure DatesLabor Day                   Sept. 6Fall Break                   Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break     Nov. 25th
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Sr Pre Team
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 2nd-3rd Grade Boys Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - 4th-6th grade Wrestling
 
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM    Youth Wrestling 2021 - Pre-K - 1st grade Wrestling
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Centennial Dance Fall Recreation Classes Hip Hop 2021 - Thur 6:00pm Advanced Hip Hop Class (10-16yrs)
The Centennial Dance program exposes dancers to various genres of dance. Dancers develop flexibility and technique in hip hop dance. Students will have the opportunity to showcase their talent in a Full costume recital at the end of each dance season. Dancers should wear loose comfortable clothing, but specific dance leotards, style, or colors are not required. Dance shoes are not required.Formal dance costumes are required for the dance recitals held each year, in December and May. A dance costume is required to participate in the performances and is not included in the tuition ($45).  If students are not interested in the performances a costume does not have to be purchased.  Hip Hop ClassesFor Children 5 - 18 years of age.Students will learn beginning hip hop moves that focus on rhythm and coordination.  Hip hop also teaches endurance, strength, rhythm, timing and body isolation.Classes will be held at Peteetneet Academy (10 South 600 East)THIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The installment plan will automatically charge your card each month.(In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged a $25 fee).
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Mid
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Bronze Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Gold
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Platinum
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    AllStar Gymnastics Teams 2021-2022 9 Month Session - Silver Sr.
Allstar staff is USAG instructor certified and safety trained through USA Gymnastics.Gymnastics increases strength, grace, flexibility; as well as, encourages hard work, discipline, and determination. 2021 Fall Gym ClosuresLabor Day   Sept. 6Fall Break    Oct. 14Thanksgiving Break  Nov. 24-26Christmas Break  Dec. 13 - Jan 7For more information contact Coach Cindie Gasser at www.allstarkidzgymnastics@gmail.comTHIS PROGRAM HAS TWO PRICING OPTIONS. You can either pay in full or pay in 9 installments.We are now offering an instant 10% discount for our customers that choose the pay in full option. The discount is reflected in the listed price.The 9 installment plan will automatically charge your card each month. (In the case of a declined transaction you will be charged an additional $25 fee.)For additional payment options contact the Rec office.